ASTContext.cpp revision 60e141e1f87211ca831de6821003d80fe20a06f3
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 410 const Decl *D, 411 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 413 414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 417 418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 419 if (Canonical != D) { 420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 return Pos->second; 425 } 426 427 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 428 429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 430 if (!RC) { 431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 438 if (OMD) 439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 444 } 445 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 447 // does not have one of its own. 448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 } 454 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 455 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 456 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 459 } 460 } 461 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 462 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 463 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 464 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 465 } 466 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 467 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 468 return NULL; 469 // Check non-virtual bases. 470 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 471 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 472 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 473 continue; 474 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 475 if (Ty.isNull()) 476 continue; 477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 478 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 479 continue; 480 481 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 482 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 483 } 484 } 485 // Check virtual bases. 486 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 487 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 488 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 489 continue; 490 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 491 if (Ty.isNull()) 492 continue; 493 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 494 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 495 continue; 496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 498 } 499 } 500 } 501 return NULL; 502 } 503 504 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 505 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 506 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 507 // different across redeclarations. 508 if (D != OriginalDecl) 509 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 510 511 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 512 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 513 return FC; 514} 515 516void 517ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 518 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 519 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 520 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 521 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 522 523 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 524 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 526 PEnd = Params->end(); 527 P != PEnd; ++P) { 528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 529 ID.AddInteger(0); 530 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 531 continue; 532 } 533 534 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 535 ID.AddInteger(1); 536 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 537 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 538 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 539 ID.AddBoolean(true); 540 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 541 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 542 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 543 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 544 } 545 } else 546 ID.AddBoolean(false); 547 continue; 548 } 549 550 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 551 ID.AddInteger(2); 552 Profile(ID, TTP); 553 } 554} 555 556TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 557ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 558 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 559 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 561 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 562 void *InsertPos = 0; 563 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 564 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 565 if (Canonical) 566 return Canonical->getParam(); 567 568 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 569 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 570 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 571 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 572 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 573 PEnd = Params->end(); 574 P != PEnd; ++P) { 575 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 576 CanonParams.push_back( 577 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 578 SourceLocation(), 579 SourceLocation(), 580 TTP->getDepth(), 581 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 582 TTP->isParameterPack())); 583 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 584 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 585 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 586 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 587 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 588 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 589 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 590 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 591 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 592 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 593 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 594 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 595 } 596 597 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 598 SourceLocation(), 599 SourceLocation(), 600 NTTP->getDepth(), 601 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 602 T, 603 TInfo, 604 ExpandedTypes.data(), 605 ExpandedTypes.size(), 606 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 607 } else { 608 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 609 SourceLocation(), 610 SourceLocation(), 611 NTTP->getDepth(), 612 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 613 T, 614 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 615 TInfo); 616 } 617 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 618 619 } else 620 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 621 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 622 } 623 624 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 625 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 626 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 627 TTP->getPosition(), 628 TTP->isParameterPack(), 629 0, 630 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 631 SourceLocation(), 632 CanonParams.data(), 633 CanonParams.size(), 634 SourceLocation())); 635 636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 637 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 638 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 639 (void)Canonical; 640 641 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 642 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 643 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 644 return CanonTTP; 645} 646 647CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 648 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 649 650 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 651 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 652 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 653 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 654 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 655 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 656 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 657 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 658 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 659 } 660 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 661} 662 663static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 664 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 665 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 666 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 667 // language-specific address space. 668 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 669 1, // opencl_global 670 2, // opencl_local 671 3, // opencl_constant 672 4, // cuda_device 673 5, // cuda_constant 674 6 // cuda_shared 675 }; 676 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 677 } else { 678 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 679 } 680} 681 682ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 683 const TargetInfo *t, 684 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 685 Builtin::Context &builtins, 686 unsigned size_reserve, 687 bool DelayInitialization) 688 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 689 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 690 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 691 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 692 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 693 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 694 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 695 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 696 BOOLDecl(0), 697 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 698 FILEDecl(0), 699 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 700 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 701 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 702 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 703 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 704 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 705 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 706 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 707 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 708 DeclarationNames(*this), 709 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 710 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 711 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 712 LastSDM(0, 0), 713 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 714{ 715 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 716 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 717 718 if (!DelayInitialization) { 719 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 720 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 721 } 722} 723 724ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 725 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 726 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 727 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 728 729 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 730 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 731 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 732 733 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 734 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 735 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 736 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 737 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 738 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 739 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 740 R->Destroy(*this); 741 742 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 743 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 744 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 745 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 746 R->Destroy(*this); 747 } 748 749 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 750 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 751 A != AEnd; ++A) 752 A->second->~AttrVec(); 753} 754 755void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 756 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 757} 758 759void 760ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 761 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 762} 763 764void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 765 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 766 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 767 768 unsigned counts[] = { 769#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 770#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 771#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 772 0 // Extra 773 }; 774 775 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 776 Type *T = Types[i]; 777 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 778 } 779 780 unsigned Idx = 0; 781 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 782#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 783 if (counts[Idx]) \ 784 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 785 << " types\n"; \ 786 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 787 ++Idx; 788#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 789#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 790 791 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 792 793 // Implicit special member functions. 794 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 795 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 796 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 797 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 798 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 799 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 800 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 801 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 802 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 803 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 804 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 805 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 806 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 808 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 809 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 810 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 811 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 812 << NumImplicitDestructors 813 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 814 815 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 816 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 817 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 818 } 819 820 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 821} 822 823TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 824 if (!Int128Decl) { 825 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 826 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 827 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 828 SourceLocation(), 829 SourceLocation(), 830 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 831 TInfo); 832 } 833 834 return Int128Decl; 835} 836 837TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 838 if (!UInt128Decl) { 839 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 840 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 841 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 842 SourceLocation(), 843 SourceLocation(), 844 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 845 TInfo); 846 } 847 848 return UInt128Decl; 849} 850 851void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 852 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 853 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 854 Types.push_back(Ty); 855} 856 857void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 858 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 859 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 860 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 861 862 this->Target = &Target; 863 864 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 865 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 866 867 // C99 6.2.5p19. 868 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 869 870 // C99 6.2.5p2. 871 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 872 // C99 6.2.5p3. 873 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 874 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 875 else 876 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 877 // C99 6.2.5p4. 878 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 879 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 880 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 881 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 882 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 883 884 // C99 6.2.5p6. 885 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 886 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 887 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 888 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 889 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 890 891 // C99 6.2.5p10. 892 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 893 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 894 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 895 896 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 897 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 898 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 899 900 if ((LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) || LangOpts.MicrosoftMode) { 901 // C++ 3.9.1p5 or -fms-compatibility. 902 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 903 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 904 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 905 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 906 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) in non-MicrosoftMode. 907 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 908 909 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 910 911 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 912 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 913 else // C99 914 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 915 916 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 917 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 918 else // C99 919 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 920 921 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 922 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 923 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 924 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 925 // expressions. 926 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 927 928 // Placeholder type for functions. 929 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 930 931 // Placeholder type for bound members. 932 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 933 934 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 935 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 936 937 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 938 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 939 940 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 941 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 942 943 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 944 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 945 946 // C99 6.2.5p11. 947 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 948 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 949 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 950 951 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 952 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 953 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 954 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 955 956 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 957 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 958 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 959 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 960 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 961 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 962 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 963 964 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 965 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 966 } 967 968 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 969 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 970 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 971 972 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 973 974 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 975 976 // void * type 977 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 978 979 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 980 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 981 982 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 983 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 984 985 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 986 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 987} 988 989DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 990 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 991} 992 993AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 994 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 995 if (!Result) { 996 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 997 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 998 } 999 1000 return *Result; 1001} 1002 1003/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1004void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1005 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1006 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1007 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1008 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1009 } 1010} 1011 1012MemberSpecializationInfo * 1013ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1014 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1015 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1016 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1017 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1018 return 0; 1019 1020 return Pos->second; 1021} 1022 1023void 1024ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1025 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1026 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1027 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1028 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1029 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1030 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1031 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1032 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1033} 1034 1035FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1036 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1037 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1038 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1039 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1040 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1041 return 0; 1042 1043 return Pos->second; 1044} 1045 1046void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1047 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1048 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1049 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1050 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1051} 1052 1053NamedDecl * 1054ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1055 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1056 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1057 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1058 return 0; 1059 1060 return Pos->second; 1061} 1062 1063void 1064ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1065 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1066 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1067 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1068 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1069 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1070 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1071} 1072 1073UsingShadowDecl * 1074ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1075 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1076 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1077 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1078 return 0; 1079 1080 return Pos->second; 1081} 1082 1083void 1084ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1085 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1086 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1087 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1088} 1089 1090FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1091 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1092 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1093 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1094 return 0; 1095 1096 return Pos->second; 1097} 1098 1099void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1100 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1101 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1102 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1103 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1104 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1105 1106 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1107} 1108 1109bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1110 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1111 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1112 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1113} 1114 1115bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1116 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1117 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1118 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1119 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1120} 1121 1122bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1123 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1124 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1125 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1126 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1127} 1128 1129bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1130 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1131 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1132 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1133} 1134 1135bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1136 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1137 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1138 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1139} 1140 1141ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1142ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1143 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1144 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1145 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1146 return 0; 1147 1148 return Pos->second.begin(); 1149} 1150 1151ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1152ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1153 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1154 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1155 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1156 return 0; 1157 1158 return Pos->second.end(); 1159} 1160 1161unsigned 1162ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1163 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1164 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1165 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1166 return 0; 1167 1168 return Pos->second.size(); 1169} 1170 1171void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1172 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1173 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1174 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1175} 1176 1177void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1178 const NamedDecl *D, 1179 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1180 assert(D); 1181 1182 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1183 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1184 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1185 return; 1186 } 1187 1188 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1189 if (!Method) 1190 return; 1191 1192 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1193 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1194 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1195} 1196 1197void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1198 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1199 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1200 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1201 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1202 LastLocalImport = Import; 1203 return; 1204 } 1205 1206 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1207 LastLocalImport = Import; 1208} 1209 1210//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1211// Type Sizing and Analysis 1212//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1213 1214/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1215/// scalar floating point type. 1216const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1217 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1218 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1219 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1220 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1221 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1222 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1223 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1224 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1225 } 1226} 1227 1228/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1229/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1230/// this method will assert on them. 1231/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1232/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1233CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1234 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1235 1236 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1237 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1238 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1239 1240 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1241 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1242 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1243 // 1244 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1245 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1246 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1247 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1248 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1249 } else { 1250 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1251 } 1252 } 1253 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1254 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1255 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1256 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1257 1258 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1259 // else about the declaration and its type. 1260 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1261 // do nothing 1262 1263 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1264 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1265 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1266 if (RefAsPointee) 1267 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1268 else 1269 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1270 } 1271 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1272 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1273 // large-array alignment on the target. 1274 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1275 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1276 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1277 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1278 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1279 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1280 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1281 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1282 1283 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1284 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1285 } 1286 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1287 } 1288 1289 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1290 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1291 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1292 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1293 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1294 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1295 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1296 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1297 1298 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1299 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1300 1301 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1302 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1303 if (offset > 0) { 1304 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1305 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1306 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1307 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1308 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1309 } 1310 1311 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1312 } 1313 } 1314 1315 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1316} 1317 1318// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1319// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1320// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1321// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1322std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1323ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1324 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1325 1326 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1327 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1328 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1329 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1330 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1331 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1332 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1333 } 1334 } 1335 1336 return sizeAndAlign; 1337} 1338 1339std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1340ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1341 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1342 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1343 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1344} 1345 1346std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1347ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1348 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1349} 1350 1351std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1352 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1353 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1354 return it->second; 1355 1356 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1357 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1358 return Info; 1359} 1360 1361/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1362/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1363/// 1364/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1365/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1366/// should take a QualType, &c. 1367std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1368ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1369 uint64_t Width=0; 1370 unsigned Align=8; 1371 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1372#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1373#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1374#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1375#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1376#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1377 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1378 1379 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1380 case Type::FunctionProto: 1381 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1382 Width = 0; 1383 Align = 32; 1384 break; 1385 1386 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1387 case Type::VariableArray: 1388 Width = 0; 1389 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1390 break; 1391 1392 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1393 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1394 1395 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1396 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1397 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1398 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1399 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1400 Align = EltInfo.second; 1401 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1402 break; 1403 } 1404 case Type::ExtVector: 1405 case Type::Vector: { 1406 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1407 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1408 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1409 Align = Width; 1410 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1411 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1412 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1413 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1414 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1415 } 1416 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1417 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1418 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1419 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1420 break; 1421 } 1422 1423 case Type::Builtin: 1424 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1425 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1426 case BuiltinType::Void: 1427 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1428 Width = 0; 1429 Align = 8; 1430 break; 1431 1432 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1433 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1434 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1435 break; 1436 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1437 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1438 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1439 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1440 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1441 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1442 break; 1443 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1444 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1445 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1446 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1447 break; 1448 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1449 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1450 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1451 break; 1452 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1453 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1454 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1455 break; 1456 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1457 case BuiltinType::Short: 1458 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1459 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1460 break; 1461 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1462 case BuiltinType::Int: 1463 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1464 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1465 break; 1466 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1467 case BuiltinType::Long: 1468 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1469 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1470 break; 1471 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1472 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1473 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1474 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1475 break; 1476 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1477 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1478 Width = 128; 1479 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1480 break; 1481 case BuiltinType::Half: 1482 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1483 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1484 break; 1485 case BuiltinType::Float: 1486 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1487 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1488 break; 1489 case BuiltinType::Double: 1490 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1491 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1492 break; 1493 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1494 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1495 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1496 break; 1497 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1498 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1499 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1500 break; 1501 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1502 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1503 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1504 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1505 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1506 break; 1507 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1508 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1509 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1510 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1511 break; 1512 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1513 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1514 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1515 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1516 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1517 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1518 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1519 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1520 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1521 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1522 break; 1523 } 1524 break; 1525 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1526 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1527 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1528 break; 1529 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1530 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1531 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1532 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1533 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1534 break; 1535 } 1536 case Type::LValueReference: 1537 case Type::RValueReference: { 1538 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1539 // the pointer route. 1540 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1541 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1542 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1543 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1544 break; 1545 } 1546 case Type::Pointer: { 1547 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1548 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1549 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1550 break; 1551 } 1552 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1553 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1554 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1555 break; 1556 } 1557 case Type::Complex: { 1558 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1559 // size. 1560 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1561 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1562 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1563 Align = EltInfo.second; 1564 break; 1565 } 1566 case Type::ObjCObject: 1567 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1568 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1569 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1570 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1571 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1572 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1573 break; 1574 } 1575 case Type::Record: 1576 case Type::Enum: { 1577 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1578 1579 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1580 Width = 8; 1581 Align = 8; 1582 break; 1583 } 1584 1585 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1586 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1587 1588 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1589 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1590 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1591 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1592 break; 1593 } 1594 1595 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1596 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1597 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1598 1599 case Type::Auto: { 1600 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1601 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1602 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1603 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1604 } 1605 1606 case Type::Paren: 1607 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1608 1609 case Type::Typedef: { 1610 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1611 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1612 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1613 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1614 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1615 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1616 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1617 Align = AttrAlign; 1618 else 1619 Align = Info.second; 1620 Width = Info.first; 1621 break; 1622 } 1623 1624 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1625 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1626 .getTypePtr()); 1627 1628 case Type::TypeOf: 1629 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1630 1631 case Type::Decltype: 1632 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1633 .getTypePtr()); 1634 1635 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1636 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1637 1638 case Type::Elaborated: 1639 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1640 1641 case Type::Attributed: 1642 return getTypeInfo( 1643 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1644 1645 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1646 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1647 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1648 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1649 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1650 // aligned attribute on it. 1651 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1652 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1653 else 1654 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1655 } 1656 1657 case Type::Atomic: { 1658 // Start with the base type information. 1659 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1660 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1661 Width = Info.first; 1662 Align = Info.second; 1663 1664 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1665 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1666 // favorable to atomic operations: 1667 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1668 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1669 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1670 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1671 1672 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1673 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 1677 } 1678 1679 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1680 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1681} 1682 1683/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1684CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1685 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1686} 1687 1688/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1689int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1690 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1691} 1692 1693/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1694/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1695CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1696 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1697} 1698CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1699 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1700} 1701 1702/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1703/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1704CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1705 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1706} 1707CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1708 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1709} 1710 1711/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1712/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1713/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1714/// a data type. 1715unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1716 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1717 1718 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1719 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1720 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1721 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1722 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1723 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1724 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1725 1726 return ABIAlign; 1727} 1728 1729/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1730/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1731/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1732/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1733/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1734/// 1735void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1736 bool leafClass, 1737 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1738 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1739 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1740 if (!leafClass) { 1741 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1742 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1743 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1744 } else { 1745 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1746 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1747 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1748 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1749 } 1750} 1751 1752/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1753/// those inherited by it. 1754void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1755 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1756 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1757 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1758 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1759 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1760 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1761 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1762 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1763 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1764 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1765 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1766 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1767 } 1768 } 1769 1770 // Categories of this Interface. 1771 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1772 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1773 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1774 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1775 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1776 } 1777 1778 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1779 while (SD) { 1780 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1781 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1782 } 1783 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1784 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1785 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1786 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1787 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1788 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1789 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1790 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1791 } 1792 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1793 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1794 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1795 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1796 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1797 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1798 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1799 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1800 } 1801 } 1802} 1803 1804unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1805 unsigned count = 0; 1806 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1807 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1808 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1809 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1810 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1811 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1812 } 1813 1814 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1815 // includes synthesized ivars. 1816 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1817 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1818 1819 return count; 1820} 1821 1822bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1823 if (!E) 1824 return false; 1825 1826 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1827 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1828 1829 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1830 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1831 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1832 return true; 1833 1834 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1835 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1836 1837 return false; 1838} 1839 1840/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1841ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1842 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1843 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1844 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1845 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1846 return 0; 1847} 1848/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1849ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1850 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1851 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1852 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1853 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1854 return 0; 1855} 1856 1857/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1858void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1859 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1860 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1861 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1862} 1863/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1864void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1865 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1866 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1867 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1868} 1869 1870const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1871 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1872 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1873 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1874 return ID; 1875 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1876 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1877 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1878 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1879 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1880 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1881 1882 return 0; 1883} 1884 1885/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1886/// none exists. 1887Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1888 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1889 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1890 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1891 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1892 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1893 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1894} 1895 1896/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1897void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1898 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1899 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1900 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1901 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1902} 1903 1904TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1905 unsigned DataSize) const { 1906 if (!DataSize) 1907 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1908 else 1909 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1910 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1911 1912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1913 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1914 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1915 return TInfo; 1916} 1917 1918TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1919 SourceLocation L) const { 1920 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1921 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1922 return DI; 1923} 1924 1925const ASTRecordLayout & 1926ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1927 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1928} 1929 1930const ASTRecordLayout & 1931ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1932 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1933 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1934} 1935 1936//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1937// Type creation/memoization methods 1938//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1939 1940QualType 1941ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1942 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1943 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1944 1945 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1946 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1947 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1948 void *insertPos = 0; 1949 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1950 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1951 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1952 } 1953 1954 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1955 QualType canon; 1956 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1957 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1958 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1959 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1960 1961 // Re-find the insert position. 1962 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1963 } 1964 1965 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1966 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1967 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1968} 1969 1970QualType 1971ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1972 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1973 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1974 return T; 1975 1976 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1977 // into one ExtQuals node. 1978 QualifierCollector Quals; 1979 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1980 1981 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1982 // another one. 1983 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1984 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1985 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1986 1987 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1988} 1989 1990QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1991 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1992 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1993 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1994 return T; 1995 1996 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1997 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1998 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1999 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2000 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2001 } 2002 } 2003 2004 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2005 // into one ExtQuals node. 2006 QualifierCollector Quals; 2007 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2008 2009 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2010 // another one. 2011 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2012 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2013 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2014 2015 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2016} 2017 2018const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2019 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2020 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2021 return T; 2022 2023 QualType Result; 2024 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2025 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2026 } else { 2027 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2028 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2029 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2030 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2031 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2032 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2033 EPI); 2034 } 2035 2036 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2037} 2038 2039void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2040 QualType ResultType) { 2041 // FIXME: Need to inform serialization code about this! 2042 for (FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); FD; FD = FD->getPreviousDecl()) { 2043 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2044 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2045 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2046 } 2047} 2048 2049/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2050/// number with the specified element type. 2051QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2052 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2053 // structure. 2054 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2055 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2056 2057 void *InsertPos = 0; 2058 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2059 return QualType(CT, 0); 2060 2061 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2062 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2063 QualType Canonical; 2064 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2065 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2066 2067 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2068 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2069 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2070 } 2071 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2072 Types.push_back(New); 2073 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2074 return QualType(New, 0); 2075} 2076 2077/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2078/// the specified type. 2079QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2080 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2081 // structure. 2082 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2083 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2084 2085 void *InsertPos = 0; 2086 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2087 return QualType(PT, 0); 2088 2089 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2090 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2091 QualType Canonical; 2092 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2093 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2094 2095 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2096 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2097 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2098 } 2099 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2100 Types.push_back(New); 2101 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2102 return QualType(New, 0); 2103} 2104 2105/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2106/// a pointer to the specified block. 2107QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2108 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2109 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2110 // structure. 2111 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2112 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2113 2114 void *InsertPos = 0; 2115 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2116 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2117 return QualType(PT, 0); 2118 2119 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2120 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2121 QualType Canonical; 2122 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2123 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2124 2125 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2126 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2127 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2128 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2129 } 2130 BlockPointerType *New 2131 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2132 Types.push_back(New); 2133 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2134 return QualType(New, 0); 2135} 2136 2137/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2138/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2139QualType 2140ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2141 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2142 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2143 2144 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2145 // structure. 2146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2147 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2148 2149 void *InsertPos = 0; 2150 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2151 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2152 return QualType(RT, 0); 2153 2154 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2155 2156 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2157 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2158 QualType Canonical; 2159 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2160 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2161 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2162 2163 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2164 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2165 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2166 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2167 } 2168 2169 LValueReferenceType *New 2170 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2171 SpelledAsLValue); 2172 Types.push_back(New); 2173 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2174 2175 return QualType(New, 0); 2176} 2177 2178/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2179/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2180QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2181 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2182 // structure. 2183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2184 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2185 2186 void *InsertPos = 0; 2187 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2188 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2189 return QualType(RT, 0); 2190 2191 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2192 2193 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2194 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2195 QualType Canonical; 2196 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2197 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2198 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2199 2200 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2201 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2202 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2203 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2204 } 2205 2206 RValueReferenceType *New 2207 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2208 Types.push_back(New); 2209 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2210 return QualType(New, 0); 2211} 2212 2213/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2214/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2215QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2216 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2217 // structure. 2218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2219 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2220 2221 void *InsertPos = 0; 2222 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2223 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2224 return QualType(PT, 0); 2225 2226 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2227 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2228 QualType Canonical; 2229 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2230 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2231 2232 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2233 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2234 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2235 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2236 } 2237 MemberPointerType *New 2238 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2239 Types.push_back(New); 2240 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2241 return QualType(New, 0); 2242} 2243 2244/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2245/// array of the specified element type. 2246QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2247 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2248 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2249 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2250 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2251 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2252 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2253 2254 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2255 // the target. 2256 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2257 ArySize = 2258 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2259 2260 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2261 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2262 2263 void *InsertPos = 0; 2264 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2265 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2266 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2267 2268 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2269 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2270 QualType Canon; 2271 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2272 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2273 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2274 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2275 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2276 2277 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2278 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2279 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2280 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2281 } 2282 2283 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2284 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2285 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2286 Types.push_back(New); 2287 return QualType(New, 0); 2288} 2289 2290/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2291/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2292/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2293QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2294 // Vastly most common case. 2295 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2296 2297 QualType result; 2298 2299 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2300 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2301 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2302#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2303#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2304#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2305#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2306 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2307 2308 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2309 case Type::Builtin: 2310 case Type::Complex: 2311 case Type::Vector: 2312 case Type::ExtVector: 2313 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2314 case Type::ObjCObject: 2315 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2316 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2317 case Type::Record: 2318 case Type::Enum: 2319 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2320 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2321 case Type::TypeOf: 2322 case Type::Decltype: 2323 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2324 case Type::DependentName: 2325 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2326 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2327 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2328 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2329 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2330 case Type::Auto: 2331 case Type::PackExpansion: 2332 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2333 2334 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2335 // further decay. 2336 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2337 case Type::FunctionProto: 2338 case Type::BlockPointer: 2339 case Type::MemberPointer: 2340 return type; 2341 2342 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2343 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2344 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2345 // optimizations available here. 2346 case Type::Pointer: 2347 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2348 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2349 break; 2350 2351 case Type::LValueReference: { 2352 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2353 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2354 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2355 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2356 break; 2357 } 2358 2359 case Type::RValueReference: { 2360 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2361 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2362 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2363 break; 2364 } 2365 2366 case Type::Atomic: { 2367 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2368 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2369 break; 2370 } 2371 2372 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2373 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2374 result = getConstantArrayType( 2375 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2376 cat->getSize(), 2377 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2378 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2379 break; 2380 } 2381 2382 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2383 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2384 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2385 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2386 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2387 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2388 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2389 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2390 break; 2391 } 2392 2393 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2394 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2395 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2396 result = getVariableArrayType( 2397 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2398 /*size*/ 0, 2399 ArrayType::Normal, 2400 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2401 SourceRange()); 2402 break; 2403 } 2404 2405 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2406 case Type::VariableArray: { 2407 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2408 result = getVariableArrayType( 2409 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2410 /*size*/ 0, 2411 ArrayType::Star, 2412 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2413 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2414 break; 2415 } 2416 } 2417 2418 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2419 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2420} 2421 2422/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2423/// variable array of the specified element type. 2424QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2425 Expr *NumElts, 2426 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2427 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2428 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2429 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2430 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2431 QualType Canon; 2432 2433 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2434 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2435 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2436 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2437 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2438 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2439 } 2440 2441 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2442 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2443 2444 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2445 Types.push_back(New); 2446 return QualType(New, 0); 2447} 2448 2449/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2450/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2451/// type. 2452QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2453 Expr *numElements, 2454 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2455 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2456 SourceRange brackets) const { 2457 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2458 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2459 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2460 2461 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2462 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2463 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2464 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2465 if (!numElements) { 2466 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2467 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2468 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2469 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2470 brackets); 2471 Types.push_back(newType); 2472 return QualType(newType, 0); 2473 } 2474 2475 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2476 // also build a canonical type. 2477 2478 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2479 2480 void *insertPos = 0; 2481 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2482 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2483 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2484 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2485 2486 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2487 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2488 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2489 2490 // If we don't have one, build one. 2491 if (!canonTy) { 2492 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2493 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2494 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2495 brackets); 2496 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2497 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2498 } 2499 2500 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2501 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2502 canonElementType.Quals); 2503 2504 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2505 // then just use that as our result. 2506 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2507 return canon; 2508 2509 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2510 // of the element type. 2511 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2512 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2513 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2514 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2515 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2516 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2517} 2518 2519QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2520 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2521 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2522 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2523 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2524 2525 void *insertPos = 0; 2526 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2527 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2528 return QualType(iat, 0); 2529 2530 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2531 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2532 // qualifiers off the element type. 2533 QualType canon; 2534 2535 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2536 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2537 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2538 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2539 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2540 2541 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2542 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2543 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2544 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2545 } 2546 2547 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2548 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2549 2550 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2551 Types.push_back(newType); 2552 return QualType(newType, 0); 2553} 2554 2555/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2556/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2557QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2558 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2559 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2560 2561 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2563 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2564 2565 void *InsertPos = 0; 2566 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2567 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2568 2569 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2570 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2571 QualType Canonical; 2572 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2573 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2574 2575 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2576 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2577 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2578 } 2579 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2580 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2581 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2582 Types.push_back(New); 2583 return QualType(New, 0); 2584} 2585 2586/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2587/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2588QualType 2589ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2590 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2591 2592 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2594 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2595 VectorType::GenericVector); 2596 void *InsertPos = 0; 2597 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2598 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2599 2600 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2601 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2602 QualType Canonical; 2603 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2604 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2605 2606 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2607 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2608 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2609 } 2610 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2611 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2612 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2613 Types.push_back(New); 2614 return QualType(New, 0); 2615} 2616 2617QualType 2618ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2619 Expr *SizeExpr, 2620 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2621 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2622 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2623 SizeExpr); 2624 2625 void *InsertPos = 0; 2626 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2627 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2628 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2629 if (Canon) { 2630 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2631 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2632 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2633 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2634 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2635 } else { 2636 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2637 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2638 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2639 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2640 AttrLoc); 2641 2642 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2643 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2644 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2645 (void)CanonCheck; 2646 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2647 } else { 2648 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2649 SourceLocation()); 2650 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2651 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2652 } 2653 } 2654 2655 Types.push_back(New); 2656 return QualType(New, 0); 2657} 2658 2659/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2660/// 2661QualType 2662ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2663 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2664 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2665 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2666 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2667 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2668 // structure. 2669 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2670 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2671 2672 void *InsertPos = 0; 2673 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2674 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2675 return QualType(FT, 0); 2676 2677 QualType Canonical; 2678 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2679 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2680 Canonical = 2681 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2682 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2683 2684 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2685 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2686 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2687 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2688 } 2689 2690 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2691 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2692 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2693 Types.push_back(New); 2694 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2695 return QualType(New, 0); 2696} 2697 2698/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2699static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2700 return T.isCanonical() && 2701 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2702 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2703} 2704 2705/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2706/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2707QualType 2708ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2709 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2710 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2711 2712 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2713 // structure. 2714 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2715 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2716 *this); 2717 2718 void *InsertPos = 0; 2719 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2720 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2721 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2722 2723 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2724 bool isCanonical = 2725 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2726 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2727 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2728 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2729 isCanonical = false; 2730 2731 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2732 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2733 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2734 2735 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2736 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2737 QualType Canonical; 2738 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2739 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2740 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2741 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2742 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2743 2744 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2745 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2746 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2747 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2748 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2749 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2750 2751 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2752 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2753 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2754 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2755 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2756 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2757 } 2758 2759 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2760 2761 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2762 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2763 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2764 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2765 } 2766 2767 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2768 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2769 // - parameter types 2770 // - exception types 2771 // - consumed-arguments flags 2772 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2773 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2774 // specification. 2775 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2776 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2777 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2778 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2779 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2780 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2781 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2782 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2783 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2784 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2785 } 2786 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2787 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2788 2789 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2790 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2791 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2792 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2793 Types.push_back(FTP); 2794 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2795 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2796} 2797 2798#ifndef NDEBUG 2799static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2800 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2801 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2802 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2803 return true; 2804 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2805 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2806 return true; 2807 return false; 2808} 2809#endif 2810 2811/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2812/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2813QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2814 QualType TST) const { 2815 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2816 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2817 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2818 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2819 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2820 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2821 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2822 } else { 2823 Type *newType = 2824 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2825 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2826 Types.push_back(newType); 2827 } 2828 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2829} 2830 2831/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2832/// specified type declaration. 2833QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2834 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2835 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2836 2837 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2838 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2839 2840 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2841 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2842 2843 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2844 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2845 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2846 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2847 return getRecordType(Record); 2848 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2849 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2850 "enum has previous declaration"); 2851 return getEnumType(Enum); 2852 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2853 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2854 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2855 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2856 Types.push_back(newType); 2857 } else 2858 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2859 2860 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2861} 2862 2863/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2864/// specified typedef name decl. 2865QualType 2866ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2867 QualType Canonical) const { 2868 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2869 2870 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2871 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2872 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2873 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2874 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2875 Types.push_back(newType); 2876 return QualType(newType, 0); 2877} 2878 2879QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2880 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2881 2882 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2883 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2884 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2885 2886 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2887 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2888 Types.push_back(newType); 2889 return QualType(newType, 0); 2890} 2891 2892QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2893 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2894 2895 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2896 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2897 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2898 2899 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2900 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2901 Types.push_back(newType); 2902 return QualType(newType, 0); 2903} 2904 2905QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2906 QualType modifiedType, 2907 QualType equivalentType) { 2908 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2909 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2910 2911 void *insertPos = 0; 2912 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2913 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2914 2915 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2916 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2917 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2918 2919 Types.push_back(type); 2920 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2921 2922 return QualType(type, 0); 2923} 2924 2925 2926/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2927QualType 2928ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2929 QualType Replacement) const { 2930 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2931 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2932 2933 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2934 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2935 void *InsertPos = 0; 2936 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2937 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2938 2939 if (!SubstParm) { 2940 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2941 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2942 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2943 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2944 } 2945 2946 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2947} 2948 2949/// \brief Retrieve a 2950QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2951 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2952 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2953#ifndef NDEBUG 2954 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2955 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2956 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2957 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2958 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2959 } 2960#endif 2961 2962 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2963 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2964 void *InsertPos = 0; 2965 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2966 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2967 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2968 2969 QualType Canon; 2970 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2971 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2972 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2973 ArgPack); 2974 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2975 } 2976 2977 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2978 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2979 ArgPack); 2980 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2981 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2982 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2983} 2984 2985/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2986/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2987/// name. 2988QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2989 bool ParameterPack, 2990 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2991 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2992 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2993 void *InsertPos = 0; 2994 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2995 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2996 2997 if (TypeParm) 2998 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2999 3000 if (TTPDecl) { 3001 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3002 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3003 3004 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3005 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3006 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3007 (void)TypeCheck; 3008 } else 3009 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3010 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3011 3012 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3013 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3014 3015 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3016} 3017 3018TypeSourceInfo * 3019ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3020 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3021 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3022 QualType Underlying) const { 3023 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3024 "No dependent template names here!"); 3025 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3026 3027 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3028 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3029 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3030 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3031 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3032 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3033 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3034 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3035 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3036 return DI; 3037} 3038 3039QualType 3040ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3041 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3042 QualType Underlying) const { 3043 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3044 "No dependent template names here!"); 3045 3046 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3047 3048 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3049 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3050 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3051 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3052 3053 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3054 Underlying); 3055} 3056 3057#ifndef NDEBUG 3058static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3059 unsigned NumArgs) { 3060 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3061 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3062 return true; 3063 3064 return true; 3065} 3066#endif 3067 3068QualType 3069ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3070 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3071 unsigned NumArgs, 3072 QualType Underlying) const { 3073 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3074 "No dependent template names here!"); 3075 // Look through qualified template names. 3076 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3077 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3078 3079 bool IsTypeAlias = 3080 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3081 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3082 QualType CanonType; 3083 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3084 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3085 else { 3086 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3087 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3088 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3089 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3090 IsTypeAlias = false; 3091 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3092 NumArgs); 3093 } 3094 3095 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3096 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3097 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3098 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3099 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3100 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3101 TypeAlignment); 3102 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3103 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3104 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3105 3106 Types.push_back(Spec); 3107 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3108} 3109 3110QualType 3111ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3112 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3113 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3114 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3115 "No dependent template names here!"); 3116 3117 // Look through qualified template names. 3118 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3119 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3120 3121 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3122 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3123 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3124 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3125 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3126 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3127 3128 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3129 // exists. 3130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3131 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3132 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3133 3134 void *InsertPos = 0; 3135 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3136 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3137 3138 if (!Spec) { 3139 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3140 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3141 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3142 TypeAlignment); 3143 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3144 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3145 QualType(), QualType()); 3146 Types.push_back(Spec); 3147 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3148 } 3149 3150 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3151 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3152 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3153} 3154 3155QualType 3156ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3157 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3158 QualType NamedType) const { 3159 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3160 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3161 3162 void *InsertPos = 0; 3163 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3164 if (T) 3165 return QualType(T, 0); 3166 3167 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3168 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3169 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3170 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3171 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3172 (void)CheckT; 3173 } 3174 3175 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3176 Types.push_back(T); 3177 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3178 return QualType(T, 0); 3179} 3180 3181QualType 3182ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3184 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3185 3186 void *InsertPos = 0; 3187 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3188 if (T) 3189 return QualType(T, 0); 3190 3191 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3192 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3193 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3194 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3195 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3196 (void)CheckT; 3197 } 3198 3199 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3200 Types.push_back(T); 3201 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3202 return QualType(T, 0); 3203} 3204 3205QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3206 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3207 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3208 QualType Canon) const { 3209 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3210 3211 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3212 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3213 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3214 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3215 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3216 3217 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3218 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3219 } 3220 3221 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3222 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3223 3224 void *InsertPos = 0; 3225 DependentNameType *T 3226 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3227 if (T) 3228 return QualType(T, 0); 3229 3230 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3231 Types.push_back(T); 3232 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3233 return QualType(T, 0); 3234} 3235 3236QualType 3237ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3238 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3239 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3240 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3241 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3242 // TODO: avoid this copy 3243 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3244 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3245 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3246 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3247 ArgCopy.size(), 3248 ArgCopy.data()); 3249} 3250 3251QualType 3252ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3253 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3254 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3255 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3256 unsigned NumArgs, 3257 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3258 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3259 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3260 3261 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3262 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3263 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3264 3265 void *InsertPos = 0; 3266 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3267 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3268 if (T) 3269 return QualType(T, 0); 3270 3271 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3272 3273 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3274 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3275 3276 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3277 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3278 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3279 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3280 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3281 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3282 } 3283 3284 QualType Canon; 3285 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3286 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3287 Name, NumArgs, 3288 CanonArgs.data()); 3289 3290 // Find the insert position again. 3291 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3292 } 3293 3294 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3295 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3296 TypeAlignment); 3297 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3298 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3299 Types.push_back(T); 3300 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3301 return QualType(T, 0); 3302} 3303 3304QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3305 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3306 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3307 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3308 3309 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3310 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3311 void *InsertPos = 0; 3312 PackExpansionType *T 3313 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3314 if (T) 3315 return QualType(T, 0); 3316 3317 QualType Canon; 3318 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3319 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3320 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3321 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3322 // parameters. 3323 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3324 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3325 3326 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3327 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3328 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3333 Types.push_back(T); 3334 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3335 return QualType(T, 0); 3336} 3337 3338/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3339/// alphabetically. 3340static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3341 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3342 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3343} 3344 3345static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3346 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3347 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3348 3349 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3350 return false; 3351 3352 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3353 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3354 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3355 return false; 3356 return true; 3357} 3358 3359static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3360 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3361 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3362 3363 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3364 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3365 3366 // Canonicalize. 3367 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3368 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3369 3370 // Remove duplicates. 3371 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3372 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3373} 3374 3375QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3376 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3377 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3378 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3379 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3380 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3381 return BaseType; 3382 3383 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3384 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3385 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3386 void *InsertPos = 0; 3387 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3388 return QualType(QT, 0); 3389 3390 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3391 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3392 QualType Canonical; 3393 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3394 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3395 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3396 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3397 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3398 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3399 3400 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3401 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3402 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3403 } else { 3404 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3405 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3406 } 3407 3408 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3409 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3410 } 3411 3412 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3413 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3414 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3415 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3416 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3417 3418 Types.push_back(T); 3419 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3420 return QualType(T, 0); 3421} 3422 3423/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3424/// the given object type. 3425QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3427 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3428 3429 void *InsertPos = 0; 3430 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3431 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3432 return QualType(QT, 0); 3433 3434 // Find the canonical object type. 3435 QualType Canonical; 3436 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3437 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3438 3439 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3440 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3441 } 3442 3443 // No match. 3444 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3445 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3446 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3447 3448 Types.push_back(QType); 3449 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3450 return QualType(QType, 0); 3451} 3452 3453/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3454/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3455QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3456 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3457 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3458 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3459 3460 if (PrevDecl) { 3461 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3462 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3463 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3464 } 3465 3466 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3467 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3468 Decl = Def; 3469 3470 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3471 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3472 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3473 Types.push_back(T); 3474 return QualType(T, 0); 3475} 3476 3477/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3478/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3479/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3480/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3481/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3482QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3483 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3484 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3485 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3486 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3487 3488 void *InsertPos = 0; 3489 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3490 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3491 if (Canon) { 3492 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3493 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3494 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3495 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3496 } else { 3497 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3498 Canon 3499 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3500 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3501 toe = Canon; 3502 } 3503 } else { 3504 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3505 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3506 } 3507 Types.push_back(toe); 3508 return QualType(toe, 0); 3509} 3510 3511/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3512/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3513/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3514/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3515/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3516QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3517 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3518 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3519 Types.push_back(tot); 3520 return QualType(tot, 0); 3521} 3522 3523 3524/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3525/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3526/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3527/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3528/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3529QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3530 DecltypeType *dt; 3531 3532 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3533 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3534 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3535 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3536 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3538 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3539 3540 void *InsertPos = 0; 3541 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3542 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3543 if (Canon) { 3544 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3545 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3546 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3547 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3548 } else { 3549 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3550 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3551 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3552 dt = Canon; 3553 } 3554 } else { 3555 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3556 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3557 } 3558 Types.push_back(dt); 3559 return QualType(dt, 0); 3560} 3561 3562/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3563/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3564QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3565 QualType UnderlyingType, 3566 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3567 const { 3568 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3569 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3570 Kind, 3571 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3572 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3573 Types.push_back(Ty); 3574 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3575} 3576 3577/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3578/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3579/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3580QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3581 bool IsDependent) const { 3582 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3583 return getAutoDeductType(); 3584 3585 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3586 void *InsertPos = 0; 3587 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3588 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3589 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3590 return QualType(AT, 0); 3591 3592 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3593 IsDecltypeAuto, 3594 IsDependent); 3595 Types.push_back(AT); 3596 if (InsertPos) 3597 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3598 return QualType(AT, 0); 3599} 3600 3601/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3602/// the given value type. 3603QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3604 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3605 // structure. 3606 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3607 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3608 3609 void *InsertPos = 0; 3610 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3611 return QualType(AT, 0); 3612 3613 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3614 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3615 QualType Canonical; 3616 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3617 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3618 3619 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3620 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3621 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3622 } 3623 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3624 Types.push_back(New); 3625 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3626 return QualType(New, 0); 3627} 3628 3629/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3630QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3631 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3632 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3633 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3634 /*dependent*/false), 3635 0); 3636 return AutoDeductTy; 3637} 3638 3639/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3640QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3641 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3642 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3643 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3644 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3645} 3646 3647/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3648/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3649QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3650 assert (Decl); 3651 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3652 // away const? mutable? 3653 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3654} 3655 3656/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3657/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3658/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3659CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3660 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3661} 3662 3663/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3664CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3665 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3666} 3667 3668/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3669CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3670 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3671} 3672 3673/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3674/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3675QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3676 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3677 return WCharTy; 3678} 3679 3680/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3681/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3682QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3683 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3684 return UnsignedIntTy; 3685} 3686 3687QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3688 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3689} 3690 3691QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3692 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3693} 3694 3695/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3696/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3697QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3698 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3699} 3700 3701/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3702/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3703QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3704 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3705} 3706 3707//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3708// Type Operators 3709//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3710 3711CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3712 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3713 // qualifiers. 3714 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3715 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3716 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3717 QualType Result; 3718 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3719 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3720 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3721 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3722 } else { 3723 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3724 } 3725 3726 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3727} 3728 3729QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3730 Qualifiers &quals) { 3731 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3732 3733 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3734 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3735 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3736 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3737 const ArrayType *AT = 3738 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3739 3740 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3741 if (!AT) { 3742 quals = splitType.Quals; 3743 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3744 } 3745 3746 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3747 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3748 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3749 3750 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3751 // can just use the results in splitType. 3752 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3753 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3754 quals = splitType.Quals; 3755 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3756 } 3757 3758 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3759 // build the type back up. 3760 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3761 3762 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3763 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3764 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3768 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3769 } 3770 3771 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3772 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3773 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3774 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3775 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3776 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3777 } 3778 3779 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3780 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3781 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3782 SourceRange()); 3783} 3784 3785/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3786/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3787/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3788/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3789/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3790/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3791/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3792/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3793bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3794 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3795 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3796 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3797 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3798 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3799 return true; 3800 } 3801 3802 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3803 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3804 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3805 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3806 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3807 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3808 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3809 return true; 3810 } 3811 3812 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3813 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3814 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3815 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3816 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3817 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3818 return true; 3819 } 3820 } 3821 3822 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3823 3824 return false; 3825} 3826 3827DeclarationNameInfo 3828ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3829 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3830 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3831 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3832 case TemplateName::Template: 3833 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3834 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3835 NameLoc); 3836 3837 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3838 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3839 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3840 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3841 } 3842 3843 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3844 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3845 DeclarationName DName; 3846 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3847 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3848 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3849 } else { 3850 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3851 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3852 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3853 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3854 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3855 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3856 } 3857 } 3858 3859 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3860 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3861 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3862 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3863 NameLoc); 3864 } 3865 3866 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3867 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3868 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3869 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3870 NameLoc); 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3875} 3876 3877TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3878 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3879 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3880 case TemplateName::Template: { 3881 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3882 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3883 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3884 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3885 3886 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3887 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3888 } 3889 3890 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3891 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3892 3893 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3894 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3895 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3896 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3897 } 3898 3899 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3900 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3901 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3902 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3903 } 3904 3905 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3906 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3907 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3908 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3909 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3910 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3911 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3912 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3913 } 3914 } 3915 3916 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3917} 3918 3919bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3920 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3921 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3922 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3923} 3924 3925TemplateArgument 3926ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3927 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3928 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3929 return Arg; 3930 3931 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3932 return Arg; 3933 3934 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3935 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3936 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3937 } 3938 3939 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3940 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3941 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3942 3943 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3944 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3945 3946 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3947 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3948 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3949 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3950 3951 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3952 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3953 3954 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3955 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3956 3957 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3958 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3959 return Arg; 3960 3961 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3962 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3963 unsigned Idx = 0; 3964 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3965 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3966 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3967 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3968 3969 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3970 } 3971 } 3972 3973 // Silence GCC warning 3974 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3975} 3976 3977NestedNameSpecifier * 3978ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3979 if (!NNS) 3980 return 0; 3981 3982 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3983 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3984 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3985 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3986 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3987 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3988 3989 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3990 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3991 // this namespace and no prefix. 3992 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3993 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3994 3995 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3996 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3997 // this namespace and no prefix. 3998 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3999 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4000 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4001 4002 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4003 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4004 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4005 4006 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4007 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4008 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4009 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4010 // types, e.g., 4011 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4012 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4013 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4014 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4015 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4016 4017 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4018 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4019 // first place? 4020 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4021 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4022 } 4023 4024 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4025 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4026 return NNS; 4027 } 4028 4029 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4030} 4031 4032 4033const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4034 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4035 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4036 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4037 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4038 return AT; 4039 } 4040 4041 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4042 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4043 return 0; 4044 4045 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4046 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4047 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4048 4049 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4050 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4051 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4052 4053 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4054 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4055 4056 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4057 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4058 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4059 return ATy; 4060 4061 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4062 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4063 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4064 4065 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4066 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4067 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4068 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4069 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4070 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4071 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4072 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4073 4074 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4075 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4076 return cast<ArrayType>( 4077 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4078 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4079 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4080 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4081 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4082 4083 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4084 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4085 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4086 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4087 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4088 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4089} 4090 4091QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4092 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4093 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4094 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4095 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4096 // the array type derivation. 4097 if (T->isArrayType()) 4098 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4099 4100 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4101 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4102 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4103 // in 6.3.2.1. 4104 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4105 return getPointerType(T); 4106 4107 return T; 4108} 4109 4110QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4111 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4112 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4113 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4114} 4115 4116/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4117/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4118/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4119/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4120/// 4121/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4122QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4123 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4124 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4125 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4126 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4127 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4128 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4129 4130 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4131 4132 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4133 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4134} 4135 4136QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4137 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4138} 4139 4140QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4141 Qualifiers qs; 4142 while (true) { 4143 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4144 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4145 if (!array) break; 4146 4147 type = array->getElementType(); 4148 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4149 } 4150 4151 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4152} 4153 4154/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4155uint64_t 4156ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4157 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4158 do { 4159 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4160 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4161 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4162 } while (CA); 4163 return ElementCount; 4164} 4165 4166/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4167/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4168static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4169 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4170 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4171 4172 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4173 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4174 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4175 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4176 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4177 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4178 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4179 } 4180} 4181 4182/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4183/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4184/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4185/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4186QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4187 QualType Domain) const { 4188 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4189 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4190 switch (EltRank) { 4191 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4192 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4193 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4194 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4195 } 4196 } 4197 4198 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4199 switch (EltRank) { 4200 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4201 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4202 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4203 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4204 } 4205 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4206} 4207 4208/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4209/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4210/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4211/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4212int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4213 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4214 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4215 4216 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4217 return 0; 4218 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4219 return 1; 4220 return -1; 4221} 4222 4223/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4224/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4225/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4226unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4227 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4228 4229 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4230 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4231 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4232 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4233 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4234 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4235 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4236 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4237 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4238 case BuiltinType::Short: 4239 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4240 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4241 case BuiltinType::Int: 4242 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4243 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4244 case BuiltinType::Long: 4245 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4246 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4247 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4248 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4249 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4250 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4251 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4252 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4253 } 4254} 4255 4256/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4257/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4258/// 4259/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4260/// promotion occurs. 4261QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4262 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4263 return QualType(); 4264 4265 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4266 if (!Field) 4267 return QualType(); 4268 4269 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4270 4271 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4272 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4273 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4274 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4275 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4276 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4277 return IntTy; 4278 4279 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4280 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4281 4282 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4283 // like the base type. 4284 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4285 // is ridiculous. 4286 return QualType(); 4287} 4288 4289/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4290/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4291/// integer type. 4292QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4293 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4294 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4295 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4296 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4297 4298 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4299 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4300 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4301 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4302 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4303 // unsigned long long int [...] 4304 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4305 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4306 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4307 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4308 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4309 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4310 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4311 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4312 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4313 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4314 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4315 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4316 (FromSize == ToSize && 4317 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4318 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4319 } 4320 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4321 } 4322 } 4323 4324 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4325 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4326 return IntTy; 4327 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4328 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4329 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4330 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4331} 4332 4333/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4334/// type and returns its ownership. 4335Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4336 while (!T.isNull()) { 4337 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4338 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4339 if (T->isArrayType()) 4340 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4341 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4342 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4343 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4344 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4345 else 4346 break; 4347 } 4348 4349 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4350} 4351 4352/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4353/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4354/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4355int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4356 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4357 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4358 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4359 4360 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4361 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4362 4363 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4364 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4365 4366 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4367 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4368 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4369 } 4370 4371 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4372 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4373 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4374 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4375 return 1; 4376 4377 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4378 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4379 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4380 return -1; 4381 } 4382 4383 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4384 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4385 return -1; 4386 4387 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4388 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4389 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4390 return 1; 4391} 4392 4393static RecordDecl * 4394CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4395 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4396 SourceLocation Loc; 4397 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4398 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4399 else 4400 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4401} 4402 4403// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4404QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4405 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4406 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4407 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4408 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4409 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4410 4411 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4412 4413 // const int *isa; 4414 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4415 // int flags; 4416 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4417 // const char *str; 4418 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4419 // long length; 4420 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4421 4422 // Create fields 4423 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4424 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4425 SourceLocation(), 4426 SourceLocation(), 0, 4427 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4428 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4429 /*Mutable=*/false, 4430 ICIS_NoInit); 4431 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4432 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4433 } 4434 4435 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4436 } 4437 4438 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4439} 4440 4441QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4442 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4443 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4444 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4445 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4446 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4447 } 4448 return ObjCSuperType; 4449} 4450 4451void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4452 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4453 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4454 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4455} 4456 4457QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4458 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4459 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4460 4461 RecordDecl *T; 4462 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4463 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4464 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4465 T->startDefinition(); 4466 4467 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4468 UnsignedLongTy, 4469 UnsignedLongTy, 4470 }; 4471 4472 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4473 "reserved", 4474 "Size" 4475 }; 4476 4477 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4478 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4479 SourceLocation(), 4480 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4481 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4482 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4483 /*Mutable=*/false, 4484 ICIS_NoInit); 4485 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4486 T->addDecl(Field); 4487 } 4488 4489 T->completeDefinition(); 4490 4491 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4492 4493 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4494} 4495 4496QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4497 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4498 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4499 4500 RecordDecl *T; 4501 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4502 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4503 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4504 T->startDefinition(); 4505 4506 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4507 UnsignedLongTy, 4508 UnsignedLongTy, 4509 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4510 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4511 }; 4512 4513 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4514 "reserved", 4515 "Size", 4516 "CopyFuncPtr", 4517 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4518 }; 4519 4520 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4521 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4522 SourceLocation(), 4523 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4524 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4525 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4526 /*Mutable=*/false, 4527 ICIS_NoInit); 4528 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4529 T->addDecl(Field); 4530 } 4531 4532 T->completeDefinition(); 4533 4534 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4535 4536 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4537} 4538 4539/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4540/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4541/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4542bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4543 const VarDecl *D) { 4544 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4545 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4546 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4547 4548 return true; 4549 } 4550 4551 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4552 4553 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4554 4555 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4556 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4557 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4558 4559 switch (lifetime) { 4560 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4561 4562 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4563 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4564 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4565 return false; 4566 4567 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4568 // byref routines. 4569 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4570 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4571 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4572 return true; 4573 } 4574 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4575 } 4576 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4577 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4578} 4579 4580bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4581 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4582 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4583 4584 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4585 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4586 return false; 4587 4588 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4589 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4590 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4591 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4592 } 4593 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4594 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4595 // MRR. 4596 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4597 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4598 else 4599 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4600 return true; 4601} 4602 4603TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4604 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4605 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4606 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4607 SourceLocation(), 4608 SourceLocation(), 4609 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4610 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4611 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4612} 4613 4614// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4615// typedef <type> BOOL; 4616static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4617 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4618 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4619 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4620 4621 return false; 4622} 4623 4624/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4625/// purpose. 4626CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4627 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4628 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4629 4630 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4631 4632 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4633 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4634 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4635 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4636 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4637 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4638 return sz; 4639} 4640 4641static inline 4642std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4643 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4644} 4645 4646/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4647/// declaration. 4648std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4649 std::string S; 4650 4651 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4652 QualType BlockTy = 4653 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4654 // Encode result type. 4655 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4656 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4657 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4658 S, true /*Extended*/); 4659 else 4660 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4661 S); 4662 // Compute size of all parameters. 4663 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4664 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4665 SourceLocation Loc; 4666 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4667 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4668 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4669 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4670 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4671 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4672 if (sz.isZero()) 4673 continue; 4674 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4675 ParmOffset += sz; 4676 } 4677 // Size of the argument frame 4678 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4679 // Block pointer and offset. 4680 S += "@?0"; 4681 4682 // Argument types. 4683 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4684 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4685 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4686 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4687 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4688 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4689 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4690 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4691 // elements. 4692 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4693 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4694 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4695 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4696 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4697 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4698 S, true /*Extended*/); 4699 else 4700 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4701 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4702 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4703 } 4704 4705 return S; 4706} 4707 4708bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4709 std::string& S) { 4710 // Encode result type. 4711 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4712 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4713 // Compute size of all parameters. 4714 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4715 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4716 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4717 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4718 if (sz.isZero()) 4719 continue; 4720 4721 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4722 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4723 ParmOffset += sz; 4724 } 4725 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4726 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4727 4728 // Argument types. 4729 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4730 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4731 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4732 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4733 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4734 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4735 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4736 // elements. 4737 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4738 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4739 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4740 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4741 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4742 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4743 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4744 } 4745 4746 return false; 4747} 4748 4749/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4750/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4751/// block object types. 4752void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4753 QualType T, std::string& S, 4754 bool Extended) const { 4755 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4756 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4757 // Encode parameter type. 4758 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4759 true /*OutermostType*/, 4760 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4761 false /*StructField*/, 4762 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4763 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4764} 4765 4766/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4767/// declaration. 4768bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4769 std::string& S, 4770 bool Extended) const { 4771 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4772 // Encode return type. 4773 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4774 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4775 // Compute size of all parameters. 4776 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4777 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4778 SourceLocation Loc; 4779 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4780 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4781 // their size. 4782 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4783 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4784 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4785 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4786 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4787 if (sz.isZero()) 4788 continue; 4789 4790 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4791 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4792 ParmOffset += sz; 4793 } 4794 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4795 S += "@0:"; 4796 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4797 4798 // Argument types. 4799 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4800 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4801 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4802 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4803 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4804 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4805 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4806 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4807 // elements. 4808 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4809 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4810 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4811 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4812 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4813 PType, S, Extended); 4814 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4815 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4816 } 4817 4818 return false; 4819} 4820 4821/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4822/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4823/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4824/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4825/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4826/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4827/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4828/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4829/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4830/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4831/// @code 4832/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4833/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4834/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4835/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4836/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4837/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4838/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4839/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4840/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4841/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4842/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4843/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4844/// }; 4845/// @endcode 4846void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4847 const Decl *Container, 4848 std::string& S) const { 4849 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4850 bool Dynamic = false; 4851 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4852 4853 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4854 if (Container) { 4855 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4856 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4857 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4858 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4859 i != e; ++i) { 4860 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4861 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4862 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4863 Dynamic = true; 4864 } else { 4865 SynthesizePID = PID; 4866 } 4867 } 4868 } 4869 } else { 4870 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4871 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4872 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4873 i != e; ++i) { 4874 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4875 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4876 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4877 Dynamic = true; 4878 } else { 4879 SynthesizePID = PID; 4880 } 4881 } 4882 } 4883 } 4884 } 4885 4886 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4887 S = "T"; 4888 4889 // Encode result type. 4890 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4891 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4892 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4893 true /* outermost type */, 4894 true /* encoding for property */); 4895 4896 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4897 S += ",R"; 4898 } else { 4899 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4900 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4901 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4902 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4903 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4904 } 4905 } 4906 4907 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4908 // are "dynamic by default". 4909 if (Dynamic) 4910 S += ",D"; 4911 4912 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4913 S += ",N"; 4914 4915 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4916 S += ",G"; 4917 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4918 } 4919 4920 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4921 S += ",S"; 4922 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4923 } 4924 4925 if (SynthesizePID) { 4926 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4927 S += ",V"; 4928 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4929 } 4930 4931 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4932} 4933 4934/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4935/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4936/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4937/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4938/// 4939void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4940 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4941 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4942 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4943 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4944 else 4945 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4946 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4947 } 4948 } 4949} 4950 4951void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4952 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4953 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4954 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4955 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4956 // same type. 4957 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4958 true /* outermost type */); 4959} 4960 4961static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4962 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4963 switch (kind) { 4964 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4965 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4966 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4967 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4968 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4969 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4970 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4971 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4972 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4973 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4974 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4975 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4976 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4977 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4978 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4979 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4980 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4981 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4982 case BuiltinType::Long: 4983 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4984 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4985 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4986 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4987 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4988 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4989 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 4990 4991 case BuiltinType::Half: 4992 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 4993 return ' '; 4994 4995 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 4996 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 4997 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 4998 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 4999 5000 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5001 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5002 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5003 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5004 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5005 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5006 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5007 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5008 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5009 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5010#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5011#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5012 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5013#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5014 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5015 } 5016 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5017} 5018 5019static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5020 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5021 5022 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5023 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5024 return 'i'; 5025 5026 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5027 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5028 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5029} 5030 5031static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5032 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5033 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5034 S += 'b'; 5035 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5036 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5037 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5038 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5039 // 5040 // struct 5041 // { 5042 // int integer; 5043 // int flags:2; 5044 // }; 5045 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5046 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5047 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5048 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5049 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5050 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5051 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5052 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5053 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5054 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5055 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5056 else { 5057 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5058 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5059 } 5060 } 5061 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5062} 5063 5064// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5065void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5066 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5067 bool ExpandStructures, 5068 const FieldDecl *FD, 5069 bool OutermostType, 5070 bool EncodingProperty, 5071 bool StructField, 5072 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5073 bool EncodeClassNames, 5074 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5075 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5076 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5077 case Type::Builtin: 5078 case Type::Enum: 5079 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5080 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5081 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5082 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5083 else 5084 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5085 return; 5086 5087 case Type::Complex: { 5088 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5089 S += 'j'; 5090 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5091 false); 5092 return; 5093 } 5094 5095 case Type::Atomic: { 5096 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5097 S += 'A'; 5098 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5099 false, false); 5100 return; 5101 } 5102 5103 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5104 case Type::Pointer: 5105 case Type::LValueReference: 5106 case Type::RValueReference: { 5107 QualType PointeeTy; 5108 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5109 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5110 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5111 S += ':'; 5112 return; 5113 } 5114 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5115 } else { 5116 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5117 } 5118 5119 bool isReadOnly = false; 5120 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5121 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5122 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5123 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5124 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5125 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5126 isReadOnly = true; 5127 S += 'r'; 5128 } 5129 } else if (OutermostType) { 5130 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5131 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5132 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5133 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5134 isReadOnly = true; 5135 S += 'r'; 5136 } 5137 } 5138 if (isReadOnly) { 5139 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5140 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5141 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5142 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5143 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5144 } 5145 5146 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5147 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5148 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5149 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5150 S += '*'; 5151 return; 5152 } 5153 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5154 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5155 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5156 S += '#'; 5157 return; 5158 } 5159 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5160 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5161 S += '@'; 5162 return; 5163 } 5164 // fall through... 5165 } 5166 S += '^'; 5167 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5168 5169 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5170 NULL); 5171 return; 5172 } 5173 5174 case Type::ConstantArray: 5175 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5176 case Type::VariableArray: { 5177 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5178 5179 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5180 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5181 S += '^'; 5182 5183 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5184 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5185 } else { 5186 S += '['; 5187 5188 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5189 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5190 S += '0'; 5191 else 5192 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5193 } else { 5194 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5195 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5196 "Unknown array type!"); 5197 S += '0'; 5198 } 5199 5200 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5201 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5202 S += ']'; 5203 } 5204 return; 5205 } 5206 5207 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5208 case Type::FunctionProto: 5209 S += '?'; 5210 return; 5211 5212 case Type::Record: { 5213 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5214 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5215 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5216 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5217 S += II->getName(); 5218 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5219 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5220 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5221 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5222 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5223 TemplateArgs.data(), 5224 TemplateArgs.size(), 5225 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5226 } 5227 } else { 5228 S += '?'; 5229 } 5230 if (ExpandStructures) { 5231 S += '='; 5232 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5233 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5234 } else { 5235 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5236 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5237 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5238 if (FD) { 5239 S += '"'; 5240 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5241 S += '"'; 5242 } 5243 5244 // Special case bit-fields. 5245 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5246 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5247 *Field); 5248 } else { 5249 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5250 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5251 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5252 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5253 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5254 /*StructField*/true); 5255 } 5256 } 5257 } 5258 } 5259 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5260 return; 5261 } 5262 5263 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5264 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5265 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5266 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5267 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5268 5269 S += '<'; 5270 // Block return type 5271 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5272 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5273 FD, 5274 false /* OutermostType */, 5275 EncodingProperty, 5276 false /* StructField */, 5277 EncodeBlockParameters, 5278 EncodeClassNames); 5279 // Block self 5280 S += "@?"; 5281 // Block parameters 5282 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5283 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5284 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5285 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5286 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5287 ExpandStructures, 5288 FD, 5289 false /* OutermostType */, 5290 EncodingProperty, 5291 false /* StructField */, 5292 EncodeBlockParameters, 5293 EncodeClassNames); 5294 } 5295 } 5296 S += '>'; 5297 } 5298 return; 5299 } 5300 5301 case Type::ObjCObject: 5302 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5303 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5304 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5305 5306 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5307 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5308 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5309 // @encode(class_name) 5310 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5311 S += '{'; 5312 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5313 S += II->getName(); 5314 S += '='; 5315 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5316 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5317 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5318 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5319 if (Field->isBitField()) 5320 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5321 else 5322 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5323 false, false, false, false, false, 5324 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5325 } 5326 S += '}'; 5327 return; 5328 } 5329 5330 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5331 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5332 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5333 S += '@'; 5334 return; 5335 } 5336 5337 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5338 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5339 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5340 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5341 S += '#'; 5342 return; 5343 } 5344 5345 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5346 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5347 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5348 ExpandStructures, FD); 5349 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5350 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5351 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5352 S += '"'; 5353 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5354 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5355 S += '<'; 5356 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5357 S += '>'; 5358 } 5359 S += '"'; 5360 } 5361 return; 5362 } 5363 5364 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5365 if (!EncodingProperty && 5366 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5367 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5368 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5369 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5370 // {...}; 5371 S += '^'; 5372 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5373 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5374 NULL, 5375 false, false, false, false, false, 5376 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5377 return; 5378 } 5379 5380 S += '@'; 5381 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5382 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5383 S += '"'; 5384 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5385 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5386 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5387 S += '<'; 5388 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5389 S += '>'; 5390 } 5391 S += '"'; 5392 } 5393 return; 5394 } 5395 5396 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5397 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5398 case Type::MemberPointer: 5399 return; 5400 5401 case Type::Vector: 5402 case Type::ExtVector: 5403 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5404 // insufficient. 5405 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5406 return; 5407 5408 case Type::Auto: 5409 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5410 // Just ignore it. 5411 return; 5412 5413#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5414#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5415#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5416 case Type::KIND: 5417#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5418 case Type::KIND: 5419#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5420 case Type::KIND: 5421#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5422 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5423 } 5424 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5425} 5426 5427void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5428 std::string &S, 5429 const FieldDecl *FD, 5430 bool includeVBases) const { 5431 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5432 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5433 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5434 return; 5435 5436 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5437 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5438 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5439 5440 if (CXXRec) { 5441 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5442 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5443 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5444 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5445 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5446 if (base->isEmpty()) 5447 continue; 5448 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5449 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5450 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5451 } 5452 } 5453 } 5454 5455 unsigned i = 0; 5456 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5457 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5458 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5459 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5460 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5461 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5462 } 5463 5464 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5465 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5466 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5467 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5468 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5469 if (base->isEmpty()) 5470 continue; 5471 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5472 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5473 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5474 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5475 } 5476 } 5477 5478 CharUnits size; 5479 if (CXXRec) { 5480 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5481 } else { 5482 size = layout.getSize(); 5483 } 5484 5485 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5486 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5487 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5488 5489 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5490 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5491 if (FD) { 5492 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5493 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5494 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5495 S += recname; 5496 S += '"'; 5497 } 5498 S += "^^?"; 5499 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5500 } 5501 5502 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5503 // Mark the end of the structure. 5504 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5505 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5506 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5507 } 5508 5509 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5510 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5511 5512 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5513 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5514 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5515 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5516 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5517 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5518 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5519 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5520 // longer then though. 5521 CurOffs += padding; 5522 } 5523 5524 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5525 if (dcl == 0) 5526 break; // reached end of structure. 5527 5528 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5529 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5530 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5531 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5532 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5533 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5534 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5535 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5536 } else { 5537 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5538 if (FD) { 5539 S += '"'; 5540 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5541 S += '"'; 5542 } 5543 5544 if (field->isBitField()) { 5545 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5546 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5547 } else { 5548 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5549 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5550 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5551 /*OutermostType*/false, 5552 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5553 /*StructField*/true); 5554 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5555 } 5556 } 5557 } 5558} 5559 5560void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5561 std::string& S) const { 5562 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5563 S += 'n'; 5564 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5565 S += 'N'; 5566 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5567 S += 'o'; 5568 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5569 S += 'O'; 5570 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5571 S += 'R'; 5572 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5573 S += 'V'; 5574} 5575 5576TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5577 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5578 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5579 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5580 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5581 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5582 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5583 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5584 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5585 } 5586 5587 return ObjCIdDecl; 5588} 5589 5590TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5591 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5592 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5593 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5594 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5595 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5596 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5597 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5598 } 5599 return ObjCSelDecl; 5600} 5601 5602TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5603 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5604 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5605 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5606 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5607 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5608 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5609 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5610 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5611 } 5612 5613 return ObjCClassDecl; 5614} 5615 5616ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5617 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5618 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5619 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5620 SourceLocation(), 5621 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5622 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5623 SourceLocation(), true); 5624 } 5625 5626 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5627} 5628 5629//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5630// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5631//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5632 5633static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5634 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5635 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5636 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5637 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5638 5639 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5640 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5641 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5642 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5643 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5644 TInfo); 5645 return VaListTypeDecl; 5646} 5647 5648static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5649 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5650 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5651 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5652 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5653 5654 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5655 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5656 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5657 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5658 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5659 TInfo); 5660 return VaListTypeDecl; 5661} 5662 5663static TypedefDecl * 5664CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5665 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5666 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5667 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5668 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5669 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5670 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5671 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5672 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5673 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5674 5675 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5676 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5677 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5678 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5679 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5680 } else { 5681 // struct __va_list 5682 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5683 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5684 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5685 } 5686 5687 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5688 5689 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5690 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5691 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5692 5693 // void *__stack; 5694 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5695 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5696 5697 // void *__gr_top; 5698 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5699 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5700 5701 // void *__vr_top; 5702 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5703 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5704 5705 // int __gr_offs; 5706 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5707 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5708 5709 // int __vr_offs; 5710 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5711 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5712 5713 // Create fields 5714 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5715 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5716 VaListTagDecl, 5717 SourceLocation(), 5718 SourceLocation(), 5719 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5720 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5721 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5722 /*Mutable=*/false, 5723 ICIS_NoInit); 5724 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5725 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5726 } 5727 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5728 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5729 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5730 5731 // } __builtin_va_list; 5732 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5733 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5734 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5735 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5736 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5737 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5738 5739 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5740} 5741 5742static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5743 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5744 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5745 5746 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5747 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5748 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5749 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5750 5751 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5752 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5753 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5754 5755 // unsigned char gpr; 5756 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5757 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5758 5759 // unsigned char fpr; 5760 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5761 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5762 5763 // unsigned short reserved; 5764 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5765 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5766 5767 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5768 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5769 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5770 5771 // void* reg_save_area; 5772 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5773 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5774 5775 // Create fields 5776 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5777 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5778 SourceLocation(), 5779 SourceLocation(), 5780 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5781 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5782 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5783 /*Mutable=*/false, 5784 ICIS_NoInit); 5785 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5786 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5787 } 5788 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5789 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5790 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5791 5792 // } __va_list_tag; 5793 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5794 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5795 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5796 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5797 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5798 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5799 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5800 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5801 5802 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5803 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5804 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5805 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5806 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5807 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5808 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5809 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5810 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5811 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5812 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5813 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5814 TInfo); 5815 5816 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5817} 5818 5819static TypedefDecl * 5820CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5821 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5822 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5823 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5824 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5825 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5826 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5827 5828 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5829 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5830 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5831 5832 // unsigned gp_offset; 5833 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5834 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5835 5836 // unsigned fp_offset; 5837 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5838 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5839 5840 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5841 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5842 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5843 5844 // void* reg_save_area; 5845 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5846 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5847 5848 // Create fields 5849 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5850 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5851 VaListTagDecl, 5852 SourceLocation(), 5853 SourceLocation(), 5854 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5855 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5856 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5857 /*Mutable=*/false, 5858 ICIS_NoInit); 5859 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5860 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5861 } 5862 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5863 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5864 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5865 5866 // } __va_list_tag; 5867 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5868 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5869 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5870 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5871 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5872 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5873 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5874 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5875 5876 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5877 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5878 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5879 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5880 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5881 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5882 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5883 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5884 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5885 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5886 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5887 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5888 TInfo); 5889 5890 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5891} 5892 5893static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5894 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5895 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5896 QualType IntArrayType 5897 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5898 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5899 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5900 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5901 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5902 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5903 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5904 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5905 5906 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5907} 5908 5909static TypedefDecl * 5910CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5911 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5912 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5913 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5914 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5915 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5916 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5917 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5918 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5919 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5920 5921 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5922 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5923 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5924 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5925 5926 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5927 5928 } else { 5929 // struct __va_list { 5930 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5931 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5932 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5933 } 5934 5935 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5936 5937 // void * __ap; 5938 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5939 VaListDecl, 5940 SourceLocation(), 5941 SourceLocation(), 5942 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5943 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5944 /*TInfo=*/0, 5945 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5946 /*Mutable=*/false, 5947 ICIS_NoInit); 5948 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5949 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5950 5951 // }; 5952 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5953 5954 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5955 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5956 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5957 5958 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5959 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5960 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5961 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5962 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5963 TInfo); 5964 5965 return VaListTypeDecl; 5966} 5967 5968static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5969 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5970 switch (Kind) { 5971 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5972 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5973 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5974 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5975 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5976 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5977 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5978 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5979 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5980 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5981 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5982 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5983 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5984 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5985 } 5986 5987 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5988} 5989 5990TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5991 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5992 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5993 5994 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5995} 5996 5997QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5998 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5999 // declaration. 6000 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6001 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6002 6003 return VaListTagTy; 6004} 6005 6006void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6007 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6008 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6009 6010 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6011} 6012 6013/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6014/// lookup. 6015TemplateName 6016ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6017 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6018 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6019 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6020 6021 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6022 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6023 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6024 6025 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6026 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6027 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6028 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6029 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6030 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6031 *Storage++ = D; 6032 } 6033 6034 return TemplateName(OT); 6035} 6036 6037/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6038/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6039TemplateName 6040ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6041 bool TemplateKeyword, 6042 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6043 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6044 6045 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6046 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6047 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6048 6049 void *InsertPos = 0; 6050 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6051 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6052 if (!QTN) { 6053 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6054 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6055 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6056 } 6057 6058 return TemplateName(QTN); 6059} 6060 6061/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6062/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6063TemplateName 6064ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6065 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6066 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6067 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6068 6069 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6070 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6071 6072 void *InsertPos = 0; 6073 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6074 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6075 6076 if (QTN) 6077 return TemplateName(QTN); 6078 6079 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6080 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6081 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6082 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6083 } else { 6084 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6085 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6086 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6087 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6088 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6089 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6090 (void)CheckQTN; 6091 } 6092 6093 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6094 return TemplateName(QTN); 6095} 6096 6097/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6098/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6099TemplateName 6100ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6101 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6102 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6103 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6104 6105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6106 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6107 6108 void *InsertPos = 0; 6109 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6110 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6111 6112 if (QTN) 6113 return TemplateName(QTN); 6114 6115 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6116 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6117 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6118 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6119 } else { 6120 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6121 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6122 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6123 6124 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6125 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6126 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6127 (void)CheckQTN; 6128 } 6129 6130 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6131 return TemplateName(QTN); 6132} 6133 6134TemplateName 6135ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6136 TemplateName replacement) const { 6137 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6138 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6139 6140 void *insertPos = 0; 6141 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6142 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6143 6144 if (!subst) { 6145 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6146 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6147 } 6148 6149 return TemplateName(subst); 6150} 6151 6152TemplateName 6153ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6154 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6155 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6156 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6157 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6158 6159 void *InsertPos = 0; 6160 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6161 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6162 6163 if (!Subst) { 6164 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6165 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6166 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6167 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6168 } 6169 6170 return TemplateName(Subst); 6171} 6172 6173/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6174/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6175/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6176CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6177 switch (Type) { 6178 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6179 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6180 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6181 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6182 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6183 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6184 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6185 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6186 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6187 } 6188 6189 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6190} 6191 6192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6193// Type Predicates. 6194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6195 6196/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6197/// garbage collection attribute. 6198/// 6199Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6200 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6201 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6202 6203 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6204 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6205 6206 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6207 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6208 // as __strong. 6209 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6210 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6211 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6212 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6213 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6214 } else { 6215 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6216 // pointer. 6217#ifndef NDEBUG 6218 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6219 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6220 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6221 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6222#endif 6223 } 6224 return GCAttrs; 6225} 6226 6227//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6228// Type Compatibility Testing 6229//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6230 6231/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6232/// compatible. 6233static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6234 const VectorType *RHS) { 6235 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6236 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6237 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6238} 6239 6240bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6241 QualType SecondVec) { 6242 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6243 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6244 6245 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6246 return true; 6247 6248 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6249 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6250 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6251 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6252 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6253 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6254 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6255 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6256 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6257 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6258 return true; 6259 6260 return false; 6261} 6262 6263//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6264// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6265//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6266 6267/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6268/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6269bool 6270ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6271 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6272 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6273 return true; 6274 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6275 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6276 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6277 return true; 6278 return false; 6279} 6280 6281/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6282/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6283/// otherwise. 6284bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6285 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6286 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6287 return false; 6288} 6289 6290/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6291/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6292bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6293 QualType rhs) { 6294 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6295 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6296 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6297 6298 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6299 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6300 bool match = false; 6301 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6302 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6303 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6304 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6305 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6306 match = true; 6307 break; 6308 } 6309 } 6310 if (!match) 6311 return false; 6312 } 6313 return true; 6314} 6315 6316/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6317/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6318bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6319 bool compare) { 6320 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6321 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6322 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6323 return true; 6324 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6325 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6326 return true; 6327 6328 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6329 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6330 6331 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6332 6333 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6334 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6335 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6336 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6337 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6338 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6339 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6340 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6341 // through its super class and categories. 6342 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6343 return false; 6344 } 6345 } 6346 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6347 return true; 6348 } 6349 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6350 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6351 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6352 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6353 bool match = false; 6354 6355 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6356 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6357 // through its super class and categories. 6358 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6359 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6360 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6361 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6362 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6363 match = true; 6364 break; 6365 } 6366 } 6367 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6368 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6369 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6370 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6371 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6372 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6373 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6374 // through its super class and categories. 6375 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6376 match = true; 6377 break; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 } 6381 if (!match) 6382 return false; 6383 } 6384 6385 return true; 6386 } 6387 6388 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6389 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6390 6391 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6392 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6393 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6394 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6395 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6396 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6397 bool match = false; 6398 6399 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6400 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6401 // through its super class and categories. 6402 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6403 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6404 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6405 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6406 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6407 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6408 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6409 match = true; 6410 break; 6411 } 6412 } 6413 if (!match) 6414 return false; 6415 } 6416 6417 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6418 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6419 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6420 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6421 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6422 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6423 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6424 // assume that it is mismatch. 6425 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6426 return false; 6427 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6428 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6429 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6430 bool match = false; 6431 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6432 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6433 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6434 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6435 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6436 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6437 match = true; 6438 break; 6439 } 6440 } 6441 if (!match) 6442 return false; 6443 } 6444 } 6445 return true; 6446 } 6447 return false; 6448} 6449 6450/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6451/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6452/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6453/// 6454bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6455 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6456 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6457 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6458 6459 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6460 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6461 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6462 return true; 6463 6464 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6465 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6466 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6467 false); 6468 6469 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6470 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6471 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6472 6473 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6474 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6475 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6476 6477 return false; 6478} 6479 6480/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6481/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6482/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6483/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6484/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6485bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6486 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6487 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6488 bool BlockReturnType) { 6489 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6490 return true; 6491 6492 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6493 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6494 } 6495 6496 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6497 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6498 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6499 false); 6500 6501 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6502 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6503 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6504 if (LHS != RHS) { 6505 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6506 return BlockReturnType; 6507 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6508 return !BlockReturnType; 6509 } 6510 else 6511 return true; 6512 } 6513 return false; 6514} 6515 6516/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6517/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6518/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6519/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6520static 6521void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6522 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6523 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6524 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6525 6526 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6527 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6528 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6529 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6530 6531 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6532 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6533 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6534 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6535 else { 6536 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6537 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6538 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6539 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6540 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6541 } 6542 6543 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6544 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6545 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6546 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6547 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6548 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6549 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6550 } else { 6551 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6552 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6553 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6554 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6555 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6556 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6557 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6558 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6559 } 6560} 6561 6562/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6563/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6564/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6565/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6566QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6567 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6568 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6569 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6570 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6571 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6572 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6573 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6574 return QualType(); 6575 6576 do { 6577 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6578 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6579 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6580 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6581 6582 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6583 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6584 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6585 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6586 return Result; 6587 } 6588 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6589 6590 return QualType(); 6591} 6592 6593bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6594 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6595 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6596 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6597 6598 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6599 // the LHS. 6600 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6601 return false; 6602 6603 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6604 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6605 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6606 return true; 6607 6608 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6609 // more detailed analysis is required. 6610 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6611 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6612 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6613 // false otherwise. 6614 bool IsSuperClass = 6615 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6616 if (IsSuperClass) { 6617 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6618 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6619 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6620 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6621 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6622 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6623 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6624 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6625 return false; 6626 6627 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6628 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6629 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6630 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6631 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6632 6633 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6634 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6635 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6636 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6637 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6638 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6639 break; 6640 } 6641 } 6642 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6643 return false; 6644 } 6645 return true; 6646 } 6647 return false; 6648 } 6649 6650 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6651 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6652 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6653 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6654 6655 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6656 // are incompatible. 6657 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6658 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6659 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6660 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6661 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6662 break; 6663 } 6664 } 6665 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6666 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6667 return false; 6668 } 6669 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6670 return true; 6671} 6672 6673bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6674 // get the "pointed to" types 6675 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6676 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6677 6678 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6679 return false; 6680 6681 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6682 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6683} 6684 6685bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6686 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6687 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6688 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6689} 6690 6691/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6692/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6693/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6694/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6695bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6696 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6698 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6699 6700 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6701} 6702 6703bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6704 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6705} 6706 6707bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6708 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6709} 6710 6711/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6712/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6713/// QualType() 6714QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6715 bool OfBlockPointer, 6716 bool Unqualified) { 6717 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6718 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6719 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6720 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6721 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6722 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6723 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6724 if (!MT.isNull()) 6725 return MT; 6726 } 6727 } 6728 } 6729 6730 return QualType(); 6731} 6732 6733/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6734/// argument types 6735QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6736 bool OfBlockPointer, 6737 bool Unqualified) { 6738 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6739 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6740 // type is compatible with a union member 6741 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6742 Unqualified); 6743 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6744 return lmerge; 6745 6746 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6747 Unqualified); 6748 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6749 return rmerge; 6750 6751 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6752} 6753 6754QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6755 bool OfBlockPointer, 6756 bool Unqualified) { 6757 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6758 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6759 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6760 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6761 bool allLTypes = true; 6762 bool allRTypes = true; 6763 6764 // Check return type 6765 QualType retType; 6766 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6767 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6768 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6769 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6770 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6771 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6772 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6773 } 6774 else 6775 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6776 Unqualified); 6777 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6778 6779 if (Unqualified) 6780 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6781 6782 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6783 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6784 if (Unqualified) { 6785 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6786 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6787 } 6788 6789 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6790 allLTypes = false; 6791 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6792 allRTypes = false; 6793 6794 // FIXME: double check this 6795 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6796 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6797 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6798 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6799 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6800 6801 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6802 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6803 return QualType(); 6804 6805 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6806 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6807 return QualType(); 6808 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6809 return QualType(); 6810 6811 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6812 return QualType(); 6813 6814 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6815 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6816 6817 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6818 allLTypes = false; 6819 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6820 allRTypes = false; 6821 6822 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6823 6824 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6825 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6826 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6827 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6828 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6829 6830 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6831 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6832 return QualType(); 6833 6834 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6835 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6836 return QualType(); 6837 6838 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6839 return QualType(); 6840 6841 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6842 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6843 return QualType(); 6844 6845 // Check argument compatibility 6846 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6847 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6848 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6849 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6850 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6851 OfBlockPointer, 6852 Unqualified); 6853 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6854 6855 if (Unqualified) 6856 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6857 6858 types.push_back(argtype); 6859 if (Unqualified) { 6860 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6861 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6862 } 6863 6864 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6865 allLTypes = false; 6866 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6867 allRTypes = false; 6868 } 6869 6870 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6871 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6872 6873 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6874 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6875 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6876 } 6877 6878 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6879 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6880 6881 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6882 if (proto) { 6883 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6884 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6885 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6886 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6887 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6888 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6889 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6890 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6891 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6892 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6893 6894 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6895 // to pass enum values. 6896 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6897 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6898 if (argTy.isNull()) 6899 return QualType(); 6900 } 6901 6902 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6903 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6904 return QualType(); 6905 } 6906 6907 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6908 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6909 6910 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6911 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6912 return getFunctionType(retType, 6913 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 6914 proto->getNumArgs()), 6915 EPI); 6916 } 6917 6918 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6919 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6920 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6921} 6922 6923/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 6924static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 6925 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 6926 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6927 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6928 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6929 // type. 6930 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6931 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6932 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 6933 return other; 6934 6935 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 6936 // integral type of the same size. 6937 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 6938 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 6939 return other; 6940 6941 return QualType(); 6942} 6943 6944QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6945 bool OfBlockPointer, 6946 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6947 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6948 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6949 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6950 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6951 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6952 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6953 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6954 6955 if (Unqualified) { 6956 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6957 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6958 } 6959 6960 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6961 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6962 6963 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6964 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6965 return LHS; 6966 6967 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6968 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6969 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6970 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6971 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6972 // mismatch. 6973 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6974 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6975 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6976 return QualType(); 6977 6978 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6979 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6980 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6981 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6982 // qualified __strong. 6983 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6984 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6985 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6986 6987 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6988 return QualType(); 6989 6990 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6991 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6992 } 6993 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6994 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6995 } 6996 return QualType(); 6997 } 6998 6999 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7000 7001 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7002 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7003 7004 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7005 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7006 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7007 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7008 7009 // Same as above for arrays 7010 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7011 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7012 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7013 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7014 7015 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7016 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7017 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7018 7019 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7020 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7021 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7022 7023 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7024 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7025 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7026 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7027 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7028 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7029 } 7030 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7031 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7032 } 7033 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7034 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7035 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7036 return LHS; 7037 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7038 return RHS; 7039 } 7040 7041 return QualType(); 7042 } 7043 7044 // The canonical type classes match. 7045 switch (LHSClass) { 7046#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7047#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7048#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7049#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7050#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7051#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7052 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7053 7054 case Type::Auto: 7055 case Type::LValueReference: 7056 case Type::RValueReference: 7057 case Type::MemberPointer: 7058 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7059 7060 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7061 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7062 case Type::VariableArray: 7063 case Type::FunctionProto: 7064 case Type::ExtVector: 7065 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7066 7067 case Type::Pointer: 7068 { 7069 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7070 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7071 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7072 if (Unqualified) { 7073 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7074 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7075 } 7076 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7077 Unqualified); 7078 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7079 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7080 return LHS; 7081 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7082 return RHS; 7083 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7084 } 7085 case Type::BlockPointer: 7086 { 7087 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7088 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7089 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7090 if (Unqualified) { 7091 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7092 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7093 } 7094 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7095 Unqualified); 7096 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7097 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7098 return LHS; 7099 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7100 return RHS; 7101 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7102 } 7103 case Type::Atomic: 7104 { 7105 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7106 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7107 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7108 if (Unqualified) { 7109 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7110 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7111 } 7112 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7113 Unqualified); 7114 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7115 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7116 return LHS; 7117 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7118 return RHS; 7119 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7120 } 7121 case Type::ConstantArray: 7122 { 7123 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7124 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7125 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7126 return QualType(); 7127 7128 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7129 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7130 if (Unqualified) { 7131 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7132 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7133 } 7134 7135 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7136 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7137 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7138 return LHS; 7139 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7140 return RHS; 7141 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7142 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7143 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7144 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7145 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7146 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7147 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7148 return LHS; 7149 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7150 return RHS; 7151 if (LVAT) { 7152 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7153 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7154 // has to be different. 7155 return LHS; 7156 } 7157 if (RVAT) { 7158 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7159 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7160 // has to be different. 7161 return RHS; 7162 } 7163 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7164 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7165 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7166 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7167 } 7168 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7169 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7170 case Type::Record: 7171 case Type::Enum: 7172 return QualType(); 7173 case Type::Builtin: 7174 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7175 return QualType(); 7176 case Type::Complex: 7177 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7178 return QualType(); 7179 case Type::Vector: 7180 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7181 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7182 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7183 return LHS; 7184 return QualType(); 7185 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7186 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7187 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7188 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7189 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7190 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7191 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7192 return LHS; 7193 7194 return QualType(); 7195 } 7196 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7197 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7198 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7199 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7200 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7201 BlockReturnType)) 7202 return LHS; 7203 return QualType(); 7204 } 7205 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7206 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7207 return LHS; 7208 7209 return QualType(); 7210 } 7211 } 7212 7213 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7214} 7215 7216bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7217 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7218 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7219 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7220 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7221 return false; 7222 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7223 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7224 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7225 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7226 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7227 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7228 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7229 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7230 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7231 return false; 7232 } 7233 return true; 7234} 7235 7236/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7237/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7238/// return types. 7239QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7240 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7241 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7242 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7243 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7244 return LHS; 7245 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7246 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7247 return QualType(); 7248 QualType OldReturnType = 7249 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7250 QualType NewReturnType = 7251 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7252 QualType ResReturnType = 7253 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7254 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7255 return QualType(); 7256 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7257 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7258 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7259 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7260 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7261 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7262 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7263 QualType ResultType 7264 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7265 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7266 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7267 EPI); 7268 return ResultType; 7269 } 7270 } 7271 return QualType(); 7272 } 7273 7274 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7275 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7276 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7277 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7278 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7279 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7280 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7281 return QualType(); 7282 7283 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7284 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7285 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7286 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7287 // qualified __strong. 7288 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7289 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7290 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7291 7292 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7293 return QualType(); 7294 7295 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7296 return LHS; 7297 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7298 return RHS; 7299 return QualType(); 7300 } 7301 7302 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7303 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7304 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7305 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7306 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7307 return LHS; 7308 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7309 return RHS; 7310 } 7311 return QualType(); 7312} 7313 7314//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7315// Integer Predicates 7316//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7317 7318unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7319 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7320 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7321 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7322 return 1; 7323 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7324 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7325} 7326 7327QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7328 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7329 7330 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7331 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7332 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7333 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7334 7335 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7336 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7337 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7338 7339 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7340 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7341 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7342 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7343 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7344 return UnsignedCharTy; 7345 case BuiltinType::Short: 7346 return UnsignedShortTy; 7347 case BuiltinType::Int: 7348 return UnsignedIntTy; 7349 case BuiltinType::Long: 7350 return UnsignedLongTy; 7351 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7352 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7353 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7354 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7355 default: 7356 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7357 } 7358} 7359 7360ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7361 7362 7363//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7364// Builtin Type Computation 7365//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7366 7367/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7368/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7369/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7370/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7371/// a vector of "i*". 7372/// 7373/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7374/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7375static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7376 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7377 bool &RequiresICE, 7378 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7379 // Modifiers. 7380 int HowLong = 0; 7381 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7382 RequiresICE = false; 7383 7384 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7385 bool Done = false; 7386 while (!Done) { 7387 switch (*Str++) { 7388 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7389 case 'I': 7390 RequiresICE = true; 7391 break; 7392 case 'S': 7393 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7394 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7395 Signed = true; 7396 break; 7397 case 'U': 7398 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7399 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7400 Unsigned = true; 7401 break; 7402 case 'L': 7403 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7404 ++HowLong; 7405 break; 7406 } 7407 } 7408 7409 QualType Type; 7410 7411 // Read the base type. 7412 switch (*Str++) { 7413 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7414 case 'v': 7415 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7416 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7417 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7418 break; 7419 case 'f': 7420 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7421 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7422 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7423 break; 7424 case 'd': 7425 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7426 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7427 if (HowLong) 7428 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7429 else 7430 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7431 break; 7432 case 's': 7433 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7434 if (Unsigned) 7435 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7436 else 7437 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7438 break; 7439 case 'i': 7440 if (HowLong == 3) 7441 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7442 else if (HowLong == 2) 7443 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7444 else if (HowLong == 1) 7445 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7446 else 7447 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7448 break; 7449 case 'c': 7450 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7451 if (Signed) 7452 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7453 else if (Unsigned) 7454 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7455 else 7456 Type = Context.CharTy; 7457 break; 7458 case 'b': // boolean 7459 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7460 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7461 break; 7462 case 'z': // size_t. 7463 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7464 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7465 break; 7466 case 'F': 7467 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7468 break; 7469 case 'G': 7470 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7471 break; 7472 case 'H': 7473 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7474 break; 7475 case 'M': 7476 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7477 break; 7478 case 'a': 7479 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7480 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7481 break; 7482 case 'A': 7483 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7484 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7485 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7486 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7487 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7488 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7489 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7490 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7491 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7492 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7493 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7494 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7495 else 7496 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7497 break; 7498 case 'V': { 7499 char *End; 7500 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7501 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7502 Str = End; 7503 7504 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7505 RequiresICE, false); 7506 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7507 7508 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7509 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7510 VectorType::GenericVector); 7511 break; 7512 } 7513 case 'E': { 7514 char *End; 7515 7516 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7517 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7518 7519 Str = End; 7520 7521 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7522 false); 7523 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7524 break; 7525 } 7526 case 'X': { 7527 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7528 false); 7529 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7530 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7531 break; 7532 } 7533 case 'Y' : { 7534 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7535 break; 7536 } 7537 case 'P': 7538 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7539 if (Type.isNull()) { 7540 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7541 return QualType(); 7542 } 7543 break; 7544 case 'J': 7545 if (Signed) 7546 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7547 else 7548 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7549 7550 if (Type.isNull()) { 7551 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7552 return QualType(); 7553 } 7554 break; 7555 case 'K': 7556 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7557 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7558 7559 if (Type.isNull()) { 7560 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7561 return QualType(); 7562 } 7563 break; 7564 case 'p': 7565 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7566 break; 7567 } 7568 7569 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7570 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7571 while (!Done) { 7572 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7573 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7574 case '*': 7575 case '&': { 7576 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7577 // qualified with an address space. 7578 char *End; 7579 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7580 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7581 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7582 Str = End; 7583 } 7584 if (c == '*') 7585 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7586 else 7587 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7588 break; 7589 } 7590 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7591 case 'C': 7592 Type = Type.withConst(); 7593 break; 7594 case 'D': 7595 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7596 break; 7597 case 'R': 7598 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7599 break; 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7604 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7605 7606 return Type; 7607} 7608 7609/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7610QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7611 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7612 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7613 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7614 7615 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7616 7617 bool RequiresICE = false; 7618 Error = GE_None; 7619 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7620 RequiresICE, true); 7621 if (Error != GE_None) 7622 return QualType(); 7623 7624 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7625 7626 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7627 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7628 if (Error != GE_None) 7629 return QualType(); 7630 7631 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7632 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7633 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7634 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7635 7636 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7637 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7638 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7639 7640 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7641 } 7642 7643 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7644 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7645 7646 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7647 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7648 7649 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7650 7651 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7652 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7653 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7654 7655 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7656 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7657 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7658 7659 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7660} 7661 7662GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7663 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7664 7665 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7666 switch (L) { 7667 case NoLinkage: 7668 case InternalLinkage: 7669 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7670 return GVA_Internal; 7671 7672 case ExternalLinkage: 7673 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7674 case TSK_Undeclared: 7675 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7676 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7677 break; 7678 7679 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7680 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7681 7682 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7683 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7684 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7685 break; 7686 } 7687 } 7688 7689 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7690 return External; 7691 7692 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7693 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7694 // externally visible. 7695 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7696 return External; 7697 7698 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7699 return GVA_C99Inline; 7700 } 7701 7702 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7703 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7704 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7705 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7706 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7707 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7708 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7709 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7710 return GVA_C99Inline; 7711 7712 return GVA_CXXInline; 7713} 7714 7715GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7716 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7717 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7718 // template. 7719 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7720 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7721 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7722 7723 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7724 7725 switch (L) { 7726 case NoLinkage: 7727 case InternalLinkage: 7728 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7729 return GVA_Internal; 7730 7731 case ExternalLinkage: 7732 switch (TSK) { 7733 case TSK_Undeclared: 7734 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7735 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7736 7737 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7738 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7739 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7740 7741 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7742 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7743 7744 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7745 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7746 } 7747 } 7748 7749 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7750} 7751 7752bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7753 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7754 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7755 return false; 7756 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7757 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7758 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7759 return false; 7760 } else 7761 return false; 7762 7763 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7764 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7765 return false; 7766 7767 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7768 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7769 return false; 7770 7771 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7772 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7773 return true; 7774 7775 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7776 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7777 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7778 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7779 7780 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7781 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7782 return true; 7783 7784 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7785 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7786 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7787 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7788 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7789 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7790 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7791 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7792 return true; 7793 } 7794 } 7795 } 7796 7797 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7798 7799 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7800 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7801 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7802 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7803 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7804 return false; 7805 return true; 7806 } 7807 7808 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7809 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7810 7811 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7812 return false; 7813 7814 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7815 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7816 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7817 return true; 7818 7819 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7820 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7821 return true; 7822 7823 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7824 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7825 return true; 7826 7827 return false; 7828} 7829 7830CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7831 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7832 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7833} 7834 7835CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7836 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7837 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7838 return CC_Default; 7839 return CC; 7840} 7841 7842bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7843 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7844 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7845} 7846 7847MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7848 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7849 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7850 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7851 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7852 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7853 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7854 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7855 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7856 } 7857 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7858} 7859 7860CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7861 7862size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7863 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7864 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7865 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7866 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7867 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7868 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7869 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7870 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7871 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7872 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7873 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7874 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7875 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7876 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7877} 7878 7879void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7880 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7881 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7882 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7883 return; 7884 7885 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7886 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7887 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7888} 7889 7890int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7891 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7892 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7893 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7894} 7895 7896unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7897 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7898 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7899 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7900} 7901 7902 7903void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7904 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7905} 7906 7907unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7908 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7909 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7910 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7911 return I->second; 7912} 7913